WO2023160523A1 - Sounding reference signal transmission method and apparatus, sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and device - Google Patents

Sounding reference signal transmission method and apparatus, sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023160523A1
WO2023160523A1 PCT/CN2023/077345 CN2023077345W WO2023160523A1 WO 2023160523 A1 WO2023160523 A1 WO 2023160523A1 CN 2023077345 W CN2023077345 W CN 2023077345W WO 2023160523 A1 WO2023160523 A1 WO 2023160523A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
srs resource
time slot
guard interval
symbol
srs
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/077345
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郑毅
曹昱华
左君
李岩
Original Assignee
中国移动通信有限公司研究院
中国移动通信集团有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中国移动通信有限公司研究院, 中国移动通信集团有限公司 filed Critical 中国移动通信有限公司研究院
Publication of WO2023160523A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023160523A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a sounding reference signal transmission method, configuration method, device and equipment.
  • antenna switching is a technology for simultaneously performing antenna switching through Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmission, and using Time Division Duplexing (TDD) channel reciprocity to obtain a downlink channel.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • some terminals can support SRS transmission at any position of 14 symbols, which may cause antenna switching and affect signal transmission.
  • the purpose of the present disclosure is to provide a sounding reference signal transmission method, a configuration method, a device and a device, so that antenna switching affects signal transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission method, executed by a terminal, including:
  • the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource guard interval;
  • the SRS is transmitted according to the guard interval.
  • the determining the guard interval for transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 Symbol, N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure provide a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, which is executed by a network side device, including:
  • the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource;
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to The value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission device, including:
  • the first determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the relationship between the SRS resource and the uplink a second guard interval between channel resources;
  • a transmission module configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  • the first determination module is also used for:
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource Collection and place The purpose of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is between the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource
  • N3-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the last symbol of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a device for configuring channel sounding reference signal transmission, including:
  • the second determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a distance between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
  • a sending module configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is a symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between symbols and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, including a transceiver and a processor;
  • the processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
  • the transceiver is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource Collection and place The purpose of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is between the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource
  • N3-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the last symbol of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a network side device, including a transceiver and a processor;
  • the processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, and a guard interval between an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource second guard interval;
  • the transceiver is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is a symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between symbols and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, including: a transceiver, a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor; the processor When the program or instruction is executed, the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device is realized.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a readable storage medium on which is stored A program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, implements the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or steps in the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resource and the second SRS resource set The second guard interval between uplink channel resources, followed by SRS transmission according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or Power instability and other issues.
  • the guard interval Guard Period, GP
  • FIG. 1 is one of the schematic diagrams of SRS transmission
  • FIG. 2 is the second schematic diagram of SRS transmission
  • Fig. 3 is the third schematic diagram of SRS transmission
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a sounding reference signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a device corresponding to the method in Fig. 4;
  • Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a device corresponding to the method in Fig. 5;
  • FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • sequence numbers of the following processes do not mean Regarding the sequence of execution, the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the symbol of the SRS in the first slot is adjacent to the symbol of the SRS in the second slot ;
  • the symbol of the last SRS in the first slot is related to the uplink channel in the second slot (such as the physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) or the physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, The symbols of the PUCCH) are adjacent; as shown in FIG. 3 , the symbols of the last SRS in the second slot are adjacent to the symbols of the first uplink channel (such as PUSCH or PUCCH).
  • antenna switching may result in the loss of some signal transmissions.
  • the last SRS symbol uses a non-primary transmitting antenna, and antenna switching is required to continue the transmission of the uplink channel.
  • antenna switching is required to continue the transmission of the uplink channel.
  • the transmission of PUSCH, PUCCH or other channels cannot be performed.
  • the SRS symbol is a symbol used for SRS transmission, and the SRS symbol is also called the symbol corresponding to the SRS resource, the symbol of the SRS resource;
  • the symbol of the uplink channel A symbol is a symbol used for uplink channel transmission, and a symbol of an uplink channel may also be called a symbol corresponding to an uplink channel resource, or a symbol of an uplink channel resource.
  • a sounding reference signal transmission method is executed by a terminal, including:
  • Step 401 determine the guard interval for transmitting the Sounding Reference Signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following items: the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval of ;
  • Step 402 transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  • the terminal can determine the guard period (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard period between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resource and The second guard interval between uplink channel resources, followed by the first guard interval and/or transmit SRS in the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power instability.
  • the guard period Guard Period, GP
  • the uplink channel includes at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH and other uplink channels.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the uplink signal includes but not limited to SRS.
  • Uplink channels include but not limited to PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • step 401 includes:
  • the configuration information is used to configure the GP, that is, the GP that transmits the SRS, and may also be referred to as the GP of the SRS. That is to say, the GP of the SRS is configured by the network side device, and the terminal can obtain the GP of the SRS by receiving the configuration information.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the guard interval may be indicated by the number of symbols in the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last symbol for transmitting SRS on the first time slot is the same as
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • zero gap (zero gap) or zero symbol guard interval (zero symbol GP) indicates that the UE can be configured to continuously transmit multiple SRS symbols used for antenna switching or does not need to insert a guard interval symbol or the number of guard interval symbols is 0; or, no guard interval symbols are required or the number of guard interval symbols is 0 between the transmission of the SRS and the transmission of other uplink channels or uplink signals.
  • SRS resource types include: periodic, semi-persistent and aperiodic.
  • N1 is the preset number of symbols of the first GP, and N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the length of the first GP is zero; if the first time slot (the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set) and the second time slot (the second SRS resource set The SRS resource types in the corresponding time slot) are all periodic or semi-persistent, and the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or Equal to the value of N1, the length of the first GP is zero; if the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, the first time slot The number of symbols between the last symbol of SRS transmission and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1, and the length of the first GP is zero.
  • the SRS resource types in both the first time slot and the second time slot are periodic or semi-persistent, the difference between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot The number of symbols between is less than the value of N1, and the length of the first GP is equal to N1 symbols; if the terminal does not support zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching, the SRS resource types in the first slot and the second slot are not Periodic type, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is less than The value of N1, the length of the first GP is equal to N1 symbols.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the N1 consecutive symbols starting from the first symbol on the second time slot are the first guard interval.
  • the overlapping SRS symbols or other channel symbols are not transmitted.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are determined;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set is periodic or semi-persistent.
  • N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of one SRS transmission symbol are the first guard interval.
  • no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols overlapping the second time slot and the N1 symbols.
  • the length of the first guard interval is 0.
  • the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set and the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set are both periodic or semi-persistent.
  • the N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of are the first guard interval.
  • no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols overlapping the second time slot and the N1 symbols.
  • the length of the first guard interval is 0.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • N1 N symbols are used as the first guard interval, wherein no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols that overlap the second time slot and the N1 symbols.
  • Another way is to use the N1 symbols before the first SRS transmission symbol on the second time slot as the first guard interval, wherein the first time slot and the symbols overlapping the N1 symbols do not transmit SRS, PUSCH, PUCCH.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage (usage) of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the usage of the SRS resource set may be antenna switching, beam management (beam management) uplink transmission (such as PUSCH based on codebook (codebook) or PUSCH based on non-codebook (non codebook)).
  • beam management beam management uplink transmission
  • codebook codebook
  • non codebook non codebook
  • beam management is used as the lowest priority to determine the starting position of the first guard interval.
  • the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching
  • the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • not being used for antenna switching may be indicated as being used for beam management or uplink transmission.
  • the downlink is more sensitive to channel state information than the uplink.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, That is, the N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot are used as the first guard interval; if the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, then The starting position of the first guard interval is the second position, that is, N1 symbols before the first symbol for transmitting the SRS on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, that is, the last transmission on the first time slot The N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of the SRS symbol are used as the first guard interval; if the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the first guard interval The starting position of is the second position, that is, the N1 symbols before the first SRS transmission symbol on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • beam management is used as the highest priority to determine the starting position of the first guard interval.
  • the first SRS resource is used for beam management
  • the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • not used for beam management may be expressed as used for antenna switching or uplink transmission.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, that is, the next symbol of the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot
  • the N1 symbols of are used as the first guard interval
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position, That is, the N1 symbols before the first symbol for transmitting the SRS on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the second guard interval is the first SRS resource and the first SRS resource.
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the The value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • N2 is the preset number of symbols of the third GP, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the first uplink channel resource The time slot of is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to The value of N2, the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the first SRS resource After the time slot, the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2, the first The length of the three GPs is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the first The time slot of the uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the source time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the The time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the last symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols;
  • the first SRS resource The SRS resource type is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of an uplink channel resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic type, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located at After the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is less than the N2 value, the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is the time slot where the first uplink channel resource is located
  • the time slot of the first SRS resource is the time slot where the first SRS resource is located
  • the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in two time slots before and after, respectively, and the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, if the first uplink channel The time slot of the resource is located in the previous time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next time slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource, so the The N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero (the third GP is not set); if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource slot is located in the previous slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the The N2 symbols before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP.
  • the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource If the number of symbols between symbols is greater than or equal to N2, the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource, so it will start from the first SRS resource
  • the N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the SRS resource are used as the third GP.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the previous time slot, then the length of the third GP
  • the starting position is a symbol located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, and there are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the N2 symbol before the first symbol of the first SRS resource symbols as the third GP, of course, if the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to N2, then the number of symbols of the third GP length is equal to zero.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource slot is located in the previous slot, and the slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource, so the The N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of an uplink channel resource are used as the third GP.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource The time slot is located in the previous time slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the symbol located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and there are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so The N2 symbols before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • N3 is the preset symbol number of the third GP.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the second uplink The number of symbols between the last symbol of the channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the second uplink channel resource The symbol is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3 , the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource The number of symbols between symbols is less than the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to N3 symbols; if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the second GP The number of symbols between the last symbol of the SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is less than the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to N3 symbols.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the starting position of the fourth GP is the second uplink channel resource The next symbol of the last symbol of the resource, so the N3 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource are used as the fourth GP.
  • the length of the fourth GP is equal to zero (the fourth GP is not set); if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located in the second SRS resource After the symbol, the starting position of the fourth GP is the symbol that is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource and there are N3-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the second uplink channel resource The N3 symbols before the first symbol of the channel resource are used as the fourth GP.
  • the length of the fourth GP is equal to zero. Wherein, the SRS overlapping with the fourth GP does not perform transmission.
  • a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method is executed by a network side device, including:
  • Step 501 determine the guard interval for transmitting the SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, the SRS resource and the uplink signal The second guard interval between channel resources;
  • Step 502 sending configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  • the network side device determines the guard interval for transmitting SRS, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval, and send the configuration information used to configure the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval for SRS transmission after receiving it, so as to avoid the time spent by antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in signal Problems such as incomplete transmission or unstable power.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the first guard interval
  • the starting position is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbol, N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission device, including:
  • the first determination module 610 is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the SRS resource and the second SRS resource set. a second guard interval between uplink channel resources;
  • the transmission module 620 is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  • the first determination module is also used for:
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the distance between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource
  • the number of symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the device can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval, and subsequently transmit SRS according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power instability.
  • the guard interval Guard Period, GP
  • this device is a device that applies the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission method performed by the terminal, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to this device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an apparatus for configuring channel sounding reference signal transmission, including:
  • the second determining module 710 is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, SRS resources and uplink channel resources The second guard interval between;
  • the sending module 720 is configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource The number of symbols between the number and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the device in this embodiment determines the guard interval for transmitting SRS, that is, the first SRS resource set and The first guard interval between the second SRS resource set, and/or, the second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource, and send configuration information for configuring the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval after receiving SRS transmission is performed at intervals, so as to avoid the time consumed by antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or unstable power.
  • this device applies the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to this device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
  • a terminal including a transceiver and a processor
  • the processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
  • the transceiver is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent type, the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, and the first uplink channel resource
  • the time slot of is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the terminal in this embodiment can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the relationship between the SRS resource and the uplink
  • the second guard interval between channel resources and subsequently transmit SRS according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power Instability and other issues.
  • the terminal is applied with the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to the terminal, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
  • a network side device including a transceiver and a processor
  • the processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, and a guard interval between an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource second guard interval;
  • the transceiver is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  • the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the guard interval is the length of the guard interval.
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
  • the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is:
  • a second position where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position
  • the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
  • the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic
  • the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  • the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;
  • the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, and the first upper The time slot of the uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource
  • the number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource.
  • the number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
  • the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero
  • the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol
  • the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
  • the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
  • resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  • the network side device in this embodiment determines the guard interval for transmitting the SRS, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the first guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource Two guard intervals, and send configuration information for configuring the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval for SRS transmission after receiving it, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in signal transmission Incomplete or power instability and other issues.
  • the network-side device is applied with the above sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to the network-side device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
  • a communication device includes a transceiver 810, a processor 800, a memory 820, and a program or Instructions; when the processor 800 executes the program or instructions, implement the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device.
  • the transceiver 810 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 800 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 800 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 820. roads linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 810 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media.
  • the processor 800 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 820 can store data used by the processor 800 when performing operations.
  • a readable storage medium on which a program or instruction is stored, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the method for transmitting a sounding reference signal as described above is implemented by the terminal; or the method as described above is performed by the network side device
  • the steps in the sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, which can achieve the same technical effect, will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the processor is the processor in the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM for short), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • terminals described in this manual include but are not limited to smartphones, tablet computers, etc., and many of the described functional components are called modules, in order to more particularly emphasize the independence of their implementation.
  • the modules may be implemented in software so as to be executed by various types of processors.
  • An identified module of executable code may, by way of example, comprise one or more physical or logical blocks of computer instructions which may, for example, be structured as an object, procedure, or function. Notwithstanding, the executable code of an identified module need not be physically located together, but may include distinct instructions stored in different bits which, when logically combined, constitute the module and implement the specified Purpose.
  • a module of executable code may be a single instruction, or many instructions, and may even be distributed over several different code segments, among different programs and across multiple memory devices.
  • operational data may be identified within modules, and may be implemented in any suitable form and organized within any suitable type of data structure. The operational data may be collected as a single data set, or may be distributed in different locations (including on different storage devices), and may exist, at least in part, only as electronic signals on a system or network.
  • the hardware circuit includes conventional very large scale integration (VLSI) circuits or gate arrays as well as existing semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, or other discrete components.
  • VLSI very large scale integration
  • a module may also be implemented in programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable array logic, programmable logic devices, and the like.
  • modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuits, ASIC), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, for In other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described in this disclosure.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP Digital Signal Processing
  • DSP Device digital signal processing equipment
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • Field-Programmable Gate Array Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and provides a sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission method and apparatus, an SRS configuration method and apparatus, and a device. The SRS transmission method is performed by a terminal, and comprises: determining a guard interval for transmitting an SRS, the guard interval comprising at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, and a second guard interval between an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource; and transmitting the SRS according to the guard interval.

Description

探测参考信号传输方法、配置方法、装置及设备Sounding reference signal transmission method, configuration method, device and equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请主张在2022年02月25日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202210177774.6的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202210177774.6 filed in China on February 25, 2022, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
技术领域technical field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,特别是指一种探测参考信号传输方法、配置方法、装置及设备。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a sounding reference signal transmission method, configuration method, device and equipment.
背景技术Background technique
相关技术中天线转换(antenna switching)是通过探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)传输同时进行天线转换,利用时分复用(Time Division Duplexing,TDD)信道互异性获得下行信道的技术。其中,通过限制SRS仅能在一个时隙(slot)的最后6个符号(symbol)上进行传输,使得2个时隙(slot)的SRS之间必然有至少8个symbol,可用于antenna switching。In the related art, antenna switching (antenna switching) is a technology for simultaneously performing antenna switching through Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmission, and using Time Division Duplexing (TDD) channel reciprocity to obtain a downlink channel. Among them, by restricting the SRS to be transmitted only on the last 6 symbols (symbols) of a slot (slot), there must be at least 8 symbols between the SRSs of 2 slots (slots), which can be used for antenna switching.
但是,随着能力的提升,部分终端能够支持在14个symbol的任意位置上进行SRS的发送,这样,则可能导致antenna switching而影响信号的传输。However, with the improvement of capabilities, some terminals can support SRS transmission at any position of 14 symbols, which may cause antenna switching and affect signal transmission.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本公开的目的是提供一种探测参考信号传输方法、配置方法、装置及设备,以天线切换影响信号的传输。The purpose of the present disclosure is to provide a sounding reference signal transmission method, a configuration method, a device and a device, so that antenna switching affects signal transmission.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种探测参考信号传输方法,由终端执行,包括:To achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission method, executed by a terminal, including:
确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;determining a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource guard interval;
根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。The SRS is transmitted according to the guard interval.
可选地,所述确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,包括: Optionally, the determining the guard interval for transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。 Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个 符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 Symbol, N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值; The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。 If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种探测参考信号传输配置方法,由网络侧设备执行,包括:To achieve the above purpose, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, which is executed by a network side device, including:
确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;determining a guard interval for transmitting the SRS, the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource;
发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为: The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项: Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、 与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于 所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to The value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种探测参考信号传输装置,包括:To achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission device, including:
第一确定模块,用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The first determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the relationship between the SRS resource and the uplink a second guard interval between channel resources;
传输模块,用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。 A transmission module, configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determination module is also used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所 述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource Collection and place The purpose of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零; Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数 大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之 前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is between the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource There are N3-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the last symbol of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种道探测参考信号传输配置装置,包括:In order to achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a device for configuring channel sounding reference signal transmission, including:
第二确定模块,用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The second determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a distance between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
发送模块,用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。A sending module, configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种; Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。 If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则 所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, then The starting position of the third guard interval is a symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一 个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between symbols and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种终端,包括收发器和处理器;To achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, including a transceiver and a processor;
所述处理器用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
所述收发器用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。 The transceiver is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
可选地,所述收发器还用于:Optionally, the transceiver is also used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所 述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource Collection and place The purpose of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零; Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数 大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之 前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is between the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource There are N3-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the last symbol of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种网络侧设备,包括收发器和处理器;To achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a network side device, including a transceiver and a processor;
所述处理器用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, and a guard interval between an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource second guard interval;
所述收发器用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。The transceiver is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种; Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。 If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则 所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, then The starting position of the third guard interval is a symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一 个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between symbols and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种通信设备,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令;所述处理器执行所述程序或指令时实现如上由终端执行的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如上由网络侧设备执行的探测参考信号传输配置方法。To achieve the above purpose, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, including: a transceiver, a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor; the processor When the program or instruction is executed, the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device is realized.
为达到上述目的,本公开的实施例提供一种可读存储介质,其上存储有 程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如上由终端执行的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如上由网络侧设备执行的探测参考信号传输配置方法中的步骤。To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a readable storage medium on which is stored A program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, implements the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or steps in the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device.
本公开的上述技术方案的有益效果如下:The beneficial effects of the aforementioned technical solutions of the present disclosure are as follows:
本公开实施例的方法,能够通过确定传输SRS的保护间隔(Guard Period,GP),也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,后续根据第一保护间隔和/或第二保护间隔传输SRS,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。The method of the embodiment of the present disclosure can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resource and the second SRS resource set The second guard interval between uplink channel resources, followed by SRS transmission according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or Power instability and other issues.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为SRS传输示意图之一;FIG. 1 is one of the schematic diagrams of SRS transmission;
图2为SRS传输示意图之二;FIG. 2 is the second schematic diagram of SRS transmission;
图3为SRS传输示意图之三;Fig. 3 is the third schematic diagram of SRS transmission;
图4为本公开实施例的探测参考信号传输方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a sounding reference signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开实施例的探测参考信号传输配置方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为图4方法对应的装置的模块结构图;Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a device corresponding to the method in Fig. 4;
图7为图5方法对应的装置的模块结构图;Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a device corresponding to the method in Fig. 5;
图8为本公开实施例的通信设备的结构图。FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本公开要解决的技术问题、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图及具体实施例进行详细描述。In order to make the technical problems, technical solutions and advantages to be solved by the present disclosure clearer, the following will describe in detail with reference to the drawings and specific embodiments.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It should be understood that reference throughout the specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Thus, appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
在本公开的各种实施例中,应理解,下述各过程的序号的大小并不意味 着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本公开实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。In various embodiments of the present disclosure, it should be understood that the sequence numbers of the following processes do not mean Regarding the sequence of execution, the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应理解,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。In the embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
应该知道的是,在终端支持在时隙内任意位置上进行SRS的发送时,存在:如图1所示,第一个slot内的SRS的符号与第二个slot内的SRS的符号相邻;如图2所示,第一个slot内最后一个SRS的符号与第二个slot内上行信道(如物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)或物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH))的符号相邻;如图3所示,第二个slot内最后一个SRS的符号与第一个上行信道(如PUSCH或PUCCH)的符号相邻等。如此,可能会发生天线切换导致部分信号传输的损失,例如,在图3所示的第二个slot内最后一个SRS的符号使用非主发送天线,需要进行天线切换才能够继续上行信道的传输,而天线切换的时间内,无法进行PUSCH或PUCCH或其他信道的传输。It should be known that when the terminal supports the transmission of SRS at any position in the time slot, there is: as shown in Figure 1, the symbol of the SRS in the first slot is adjacent to the symbol of the SRS in the second slot ; As shown in Figure 2, the symbol of the last SRS in the first slot is related to the uplink channel in the second slot (such as the physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) or the physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, The symbols of the PUCCH) are adjacent; as shown in FIG. 3 , the symbols of the last SRS in the second slot are adjacent to the symbols of the first uplink channel (such as PUSCH or PUCCH). In this way, antenna switching may result in the loss of some signal transmissions. For example, in the second slot shown in Figure 3, the last SRS symbol uses a non-primary transmitting antenna, and antenna switching is required to continue the transmission of the uplink channel. During the time of antenna switching, the transmission of PUSCH, PUCCH or other channels cannot be performed.
需要说明的是,在本申请所提供的实施例中,SRS的符号(SRS符号)是用于SRS传输的符号,SRS的符号也称为SRS资源对应的符号,SRS资源的符号;上行信道的符号(上行信道符号)是用于上行信道传输的符号,上行信道的符号也可称为上行信道资源对应的符号,上行信道资源的符号。It should be noted that, in the embodiments provided in this application, the SRS symbol (SRS symbol) is a symbol used for SRS transmission, and the SRS symbol is also called the symbol corresponding to the SRS resource, the symbol of the SRS resource; the symbol of the uplink channel A symbol (uplink channel symbol) is a symbol used for uplink channel transmission, and a symbol of an uplink channel may also be called a symbol corresponding to an uplink channel resource, or a symbol of an uplink channel resource.
如图4所示,本公开实施例的一种探测参考信号传输方法,由终端执行,包括:As shown in FIG. 4, a sounding reference signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is executed by a terminal, including:
步骤401,确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;Step 401, determine the guard interval for transmitting the Sounding Reference Signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following items: the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval of ;
步骤402,根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。Step 402, transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
按照步骤401-402,终端能够通过确定传输SRS的保护间隔(Guard Period,GP),也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,后续根据第一保护间隔 和/或第二保护间隔传输SRS,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。According to steps 401-402, the terminal can determine the guard period (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard period between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resource and The second guard interval between uplink channel resources, followed by the first guard interval and/or transmit SRS in the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power instability.
该实施例中,上行信道包括PUSCH、PUCCH和其他上行信道中的至少一者。In this embodiment, the uplink channel includes at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH and other uplink channels.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
这里,上行信号包括但不限于SRS。上行信道包括但不限于PUCCH或PUSCH。Here, the uplink signal includes but not limited to SRS. Uplink channels include but not limited to PUCCH or PUSCH.
可选地,步骤401包括:Optionally, step 401 includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
这里,配置信息用于配置GP,即传输SRS的GP,也可称为SRS的GP。也就是说,SRS的GP是由网络侧设备配置的,终端通过接收到该配置信息,就能够获得SRS的GP。Here, the configuration information is used to configure the GP, that is, the GP that transmits the SRS, and may also be referred to as the GP of the SRS. That is to say, the GP of the SRS is configured by the network side device, and the terminal can obtain the GP of the SRS by receiving the configuration information.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
这里,保护间隔的长度可以由保护间隔的符号个数指示。Here, the length of the guard interval may be indicated by the number of symbols in the guard interval.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,针对第一保护间隔,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, for the first guard interval, if the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与 所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last symbol for transmitting SRS on the first time slot is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
该实施例中,零间隔(zero gap)或者零符号保护间隔(zero symbol GP)表示UE可以配置在多个用于天线切换的SRS符号连续发送或者不需要插入保护间隔符号或保护间隔符号数为0;或者,SRS的发送与其他上行信道或者上行信号的发送之间不需要保护间隔符号或保护间隔符号数为0。SRS资源类型(resource type)包括:周期型(periodic)、半持续型(semi-persistent)和非周期型(aperiodic)。N1是预先设置的第一GP的符号个数,N1为大于或等于1的整数。In this embodiment, zero gap (zero gap) or zero symbol guard interval (zero symbol GP) indicates that the UE can be configured to continuously transmit multiple SRS symbols used for antenna switching or does not need to insert a guard interval symbol or the number of guard interval symbols is 0; or, no guard interval symbols are required or the number of guard interval symbols is 0 between the transmission of the SRS and the transmission of other uplink channels or uplink signals. SRS resource types include: periodic, semi-persistent and aperiodic. N1 is the preset number of symbols of the first GP, and N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
如此,如果终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换,第一GP的长度为零;如果第一时隙(第一SRS资源集对应的时隙)和第二时隙(第二SRS资源集对应的时隙)内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于N1的取值,第一GP的长度为零;如果第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于N1的取值,第一GP的长度为零。In this way, if the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching, the length of the first GP is zero; if the first time slot (the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set) and the second time slot (the second SRS resource set The SRS resource types in the corresponding time slot) are all periodic or semi-persistent, and the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or Equal to the value of N1, the length of the first GP is zero; if the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, the first time slot The number of symbols between the last symbol of SRS transmission and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1, and the length of the first GP is zero.
反之,如果第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数小于N1的取值,第一GP的长度等于N1个符号;如果终端不支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换,第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型非周期型,第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数小于N1的取值,第一GP的长度等于N1个符号。可选地,一方面,该实施例中,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Conversely, if the SRS resource types in both the first time slot and the second time slot are periodic or semi-persistent, the difference between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot The number of symbols between is less than the value of N1, and the length of the first GP is equal to N1 symbols; if the terminal does not support zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching, the SRS resource types in the first slot and the second slot are not Periodic type, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is less than The value of N1, the length of the first GP is equal to N1 symbols. Optionally, on the one hand, in this embodiment, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
即,不论SRS的资源类型,第二时隙上从第一个符号开始的连续N1个符号为第一保护间隔。此时,如果第二slot上传输的SRS,与第一GP存在重叠(overlap),则overlap的SRS符号或者其他信道符号(如PUSCH或者PUCCH的信道的符号),不进行传输。That is, regardless of the resource type of the SRS, the N1 consecutive symbols starting from the first symbol on the second time slot are the first guard interval. At this time, if the SRS transmitted on the second slot overlaps with the first GP, the overlapping SRS symbols or other channel symbols (such as PUSCH or PUCCH channel symbols) are not transmitted.
可选地,另一方面,该实施例中,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据 所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, on the other hand, in this embodiment, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are determined;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
也就是说,第一SRS资源集对应的时隙内SRS资源类型为非周期型、第二SRS资源集对应的时隙内SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,从第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1个符号为第一保护间隔。其中,第二时隙与这N1个符号overlap的符号上不传输SRS、PUSCH、PUCCH。当然,若第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号到第二时隙的第一个符号之间存在X个符号,且X大于或等于N1,则该第一保护间隔的长度为0。That is to say, the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set is periodic or semi-persistent. N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of one SRS transmission symbol are the first guard interval. Wherein, no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols overlapping the second time slot and the N1 symbols. Of course, if there are X symbols between the last symbol for SRS transmission on the first time slot and the first symbol of the second time slot, and X is greater than or equal to N1, then the length of the first guard interval is 0.
同样,第一SRS资源集对应的时隙内SRS资源类型以及第二SRS资源集对应的时隙内SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,从第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1个符号为第一保护间隔。其中,第二时隙与这N1个符号overlap的符号上不传输SRS、PUSCH、PUCCH。当然,若第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号到第二时隙的第一个符号之间存在X个符号,且X大于或等于N1,则该第一保护间隔的长度为0。Similarly, the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set and the SRS resource type in the time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set are both periodic or semi-persistent. The N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of are the first guard interval. Wherein, no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols overlapping the second time slot and the N1 symbols. Of course, if there are X symbols between the last symbol for SRS transmission on the first time slot and the first symbol of the second time slot, and X is greater than or equal to N1, then the length of the first guard interval is 0.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
即,对于第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况,一种方式是将第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1 个符号作为第一保护间隔,其中,第二时隙与这N1个符号overlap的符号上不传输SRS、PUSCH、PUCCH。另一种方式则将第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号前的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔,其中,第一时隙与这N1个符号overlap的符号上不传输SRS、PUSCH、PUCCH。That is, for the case where the SRS resource types in both the first time slot and the second time slot are aperiodic, one way is to set N1 N symbols are used as the first guard interval, wherein no SRS, PUSCH, and PUCCH are transmitted on symbols that overlap the second time slot and the N1 symbols. Another way is to use the N1 symbols before the first SRS transmission symbol on the second time slot as the first guard interval, wherein the first time slot and the symbols overlapping the N1 symbols do not transmit SRS, PUSCH, PUCCH.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途(usage)确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage (usage) of the second SRS resource set is determined.
这里,SRS资源集的usage可以是天线切换、波束管理(beam management)上行传输(如基于码本(codebook)的PUSCH,或者基于非码本(non codebook)的PUSCH)。针对第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况,第一保护间隔的起始位置基于第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集的usage确定。Here, the usage of the SRS resource set may be antenna switching, beam management (beam management) uplink transmission (such as PUSCH based on codebook (codebook) or PUSCH based on non-codebook (non codebook)). For the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined based on the usage of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
该实施例中,一方面,以波束管理作为最低优先级来确定第一保护间隔的起始位置,可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者In this embodiment, on the one hand, beam management is used as the lowest priority to determine the starting position of the first guard interval. Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
其中,未用于天线切换可以表示为用于波束管理或上行传输。Wherein, not being used for antenna switching may be indicated as being used for beam management or uplink transmission.
也就是说,针对第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况,考虑到antenna switching是用于下行MIMO的传输,相比于上行,下行对于信道状态信息更加敏感,如果第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置, 即将第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔;如果第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置,即将第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号前的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔。如果第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置,即将第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔;如果所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置,即将第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号前的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔。当然,如果第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。That is to say, for the situation that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, considering that antenna switching is used for downlink MIMO transmission, the downlink is more sensitive to channel state information than the uplink. Sensitive, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, That is, the N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot are used as the first guard interval; if the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, then The starting position of the first guard interval is the second position, that is, N1 symbols before the first symbol for transmitting the SRS on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval. If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, that is, the last transmission on the first time slot The N1 symbols starting from the next symbol of the SRS symbol are used as the first guard interval; if the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the first guard interval The starting position of is the second position, that is, the N1 symbols before the first SRS transmission symbol on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval. Of course, if the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
该实施例中,另一方面,以波束管理作为最高优先级来确定第一保护间隔的起始位置,可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者In this embodiment, on the other hand, beam management is used as the highest priority to determine the starting position of the first guard interval. Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management, the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
这里,未用于波束管理可以表示为用于天线切换或上行传输。Here, not used for beam management may be expressed as used for antenna switching or uplink transmission.
也就是说,针对第一时隙和第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况,考虑到FR2的上行波束管理,用于保证基本的连接和通信,若第一SRS资源用于波束管理,第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置,即将第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号开始的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔;如果第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置,即将第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号前的N1个符号作为第一保护间隔。That is to say, for the situation that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, considering the uplink beam management of FR2 to ensure basic connection and communication, if the first SRS resource is used For beam management, if the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position, that is, the next symbol of the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot The N1 symbols of are used as the first guard interval; if the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management, and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position, That is, the N1 symbols before the first symbol for transmitting the SRS on the second time slot are used as the first guard interval.
可选地,该实施例中,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, in this embodiment, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第 一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first An SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔,其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
如此,对于SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔来说,若第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙,该第二保护间隔即第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔;若第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙,该第二保护间隔即第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔。In this way, for the second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource, if the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots, the second guard interval is the first SRS resource and the first SRS resource. The third guard interval between uplink channel resources; if the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot, the second guard interval is the fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource .
针对第三保护间隔,可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;For the third guard interval, optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述 N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the The value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
其中,N2是预先设置的第三GP的符号个数,N2为大于或等于1的整数。Wherein, N2 is the preset number of symbols of the third GP, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
也就是说,如果终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资 源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于零。That is to say, if the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching, the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the first uplink channel resource The time slot of is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to The value of N2, the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the first SRS resource After the time slot, the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2, the first The length of the three GPs is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first SRS resource The number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the first SRS resource The SRS resource type is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the first symbol of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the first The time slot of the uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the source time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the The time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
反之,如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号;如果所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N2的取值,第三GP的长度等于N2个符号。Conversely, if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the last symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the first SRS resource The SRS resource type is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of an uplink channel resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic type, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located at After the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is less than the N2 value, the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; if the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, The number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols; If the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is less than the value of N2, and the length of the third GP is equal to N2 symbols.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下, Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
该实施例中,第一上行信道资源的时隙即第一上行信道资源所处的时隙,第一SRS资源的时隙即第一SRS资源所处的时隙。In this embodiment, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is the time slot where the first uplink channel resource is located, and the time slot of the first SRS resource is the time slot where the first SRS resource is located.
即,对于第一上行信道资源的时隙、第一SRS资源的时隙分别位于前后两个时隙,第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况,如果第一上行信道资源的时隙位于前一个时隙,而第一SRS资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号,故将从该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号开始的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与该第一SRS资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零(不设置第三GP);如果第一上行信道资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,而第一SRS资源的时隙位于前一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为位于该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与该第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号,故将该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号前的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与该第一上行信道资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零。That is, for the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in two time slots before and after, respectively, and the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, if the first uplink channel The time slot of the resource is located in the previous time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next time slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource, so the The N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP. Of course, if the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between one symbol is greater than or equal to N2, then the length of the third GP is equal to zero (the third GP is not set); if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource slot is located in the previous slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the symbol that is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and has N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the The N2 symbols before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP. Of course, if the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource If the number of symbols between symbols is greater than or equal to N2, the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。 If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
即,对于第一上行信道资源的时隙、第一SRS资源的时隙分别位于前后两个时隙,第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况,如果第一SRS资源的时隙位于前一个时隙,而第一上行信道资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为该第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号,故将从该第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号开始的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与该第一上行信道资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零;如果第一SRS资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,而第一上行信道资源的时隙位于前一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为位于该第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与该第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号,故将该第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一SRS资源的第一个符号与该第一SRS资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零。其中,以第一上行信道资源为PUCCH的传输资源为例,如果第三GP与PUCCH重叠,对应的PUCCH不进行传输。That is, for the time slot of the first uplink channel resource and the time slot of the first SRS resource are respectively located in two time slots before and after, and the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, if the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in the previous time slot, and the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the next time slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource, so it will start from the first SRS resource The N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the SRS resource are used as the third GP. Of course, if the last symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols of is greater than or equal to N2, then the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the time slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the previous time slot, then the length of the third GP The starting position is a symbol located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, and there are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the N2 symbol before the first symbol of the first SRS resource symbols as the third GP, of course, if the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first SRS resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to N2, then the number of symbols of the third GP length is equal to zero. Wherein, taking the first uplink channel resource as the transmission resource of the PUCCH as an example, if the third GP overlaps with the PUCCH, the corresponding PUCCH will not be transmitted.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
即,对于第一上行信道资源的时隙、第一SRS资源的时隙分别位于前后两个时隙,第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况,如果第一上行信道资源的时隙位于前一个时隙,而第一SRS资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号,故将从该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号开始的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与该第一SRS资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零;如果第一上行信道资源的时隙位于后一个时隙,而第一SRS资源的 时隙位于前一个时隙,则第三GP的起始位置为位于该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与该第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号,故将该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号前的N2个符号作为第三GP,当然,若该第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与该第一上行信道资源的时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N2,则第三GP的长度等于零。其中,以第一上行信道资源为PUSCH的传输资源为例,如果第三GP与SRS重叠,对应的SRS不进行传输。That is, for the time slot of the first uplink channel resource and the time slot of the first SRS resource are respectively located in two time slots before and after, and the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource slot is located in the previous slot, and the slot of the first SRS resource is located in the next slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource, so the The N2 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of an uplink channel resource are used as the third GP. Of course, if the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource The number of symbols between is greater than or equal to N2, then the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located in the next time slot, and the time slot of the first SRS resource The time slot is located in the previous time slot, then the starting position of the third GP is the symbol located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and there are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol, so The N2 symbols before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource are used as the third GP. Of course, if the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between symbols is greater than or equal to N2, then the length of the third GP is equal to zero. Wherein, taking the first uplink channel resource as the transmission resource of the PUSCH as an example, if the third GP overlaps with the SRS, the corresponding SRS does not transmit.
针对第四保护间隔,可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;For the fourth guard interval, optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,N3是预先设置的第三GP的符号个数。Wherein, N3 is the preset symbol number of the third GP.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
也就是说,如果终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值,第三GP的长度等于零;如果所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值,第三GP的长度等于零。That is to say, if the terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching, the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the second uplink The number of symbols between the last symbol of the channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to zero; if the second uplink channel resource The symbol is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3 , the length of the third GP is equal to zero.
反之,如果所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个 符号之间的符号个数小于所述N3的取值,第三GP的长度等于N3个符号;如果所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数小于所述N3的取值,第三GP的长度等于N3个符号。Conversely, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource The number of symbols between symbols is less than the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to N3 symbols; if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the second GP The number of symbols between the last symbol of the SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is less than the value of N3, and the length of the third GP is equal to N3 symbols.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
这里,对于一个时隙内的第二上行信道资源和第二SRS资源,如果第二上行信道资源的符号位于第二SRS资源的符号之前,则第四GP的起始位置为该第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号,故将从该第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号开始的N3个符号作为第四GP,当然,若该第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与该第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N3,则第四GP的长度等于零(不设置第四GP);如果第二上行信道资源的符号位于第二SRS资源的符号之后,则第四GP的起始位置为位于该第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与该第一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号,故将该第二上行信道资源的第一个符号前的N3个符号作为第四GP,当然,若该第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与该第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号数大于或等于N3,则第四GP的长度等于零。其中,在该第四GP与其重叠的SRS不进行传输。Here, for the second uplink channel resource and the second SRS resource in one time slot, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth GP is the second uplink channel resource The next symbol of the last symbol of the resource, so the N3 symbols starting from the next symbol of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource are used as the fourth GP. Of course, if the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to N3, then the length of the fourth GP is equal to zero (the fourth GP is not set); if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located in the second SRS resource After the symbol, the starting position of the fourth GP is the symbol that is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource and there are N3-1 symbols between the first symbol, so the second uplink channel resource The N3 symbols before the first symbol of the channel resource are used as the fourth GP. Of course, if the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to N3 , then the length of the fourth GP is equal to zero. Wherein, the SRS overlapping with the fourth GP does not perform transmission.
综上所述,通过确定SRS的保护间隔,按照该保护间隔进行SRS的传输,保障了天线切换不影响实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,解决了信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。To sum up, by determining the SRS guard interval and performing SRS transmission according to the guard interval, it is ensured that the antenna switching does not affect the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, and the problem of incomplete signal transmission or unstable power is solved.
如图5所示,本公开实施例的一种探测参考信号传输配置方法,由网络侧设备执行,包括:As shown in FIG. 5, a sounding reference signal transmission configuration method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is executed by a network side device, including:
步骤501,确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信 道资源之间的第二保护间隔;Step 501, determine the guard interval for transmitting the SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, the SRS resource and the uplink signal The second guard interval between channel resources;
步骤502,发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Step 502, sending configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
按照步骤501-502,网络侧设备确定传输SRS的保护间隔,也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,并发送用于配置该保护间隔的配置信息,以便终端接收后使用该保护间隔进行SRS的传输,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。According to steps 501-502, the network side device determines the guard interval for transmitting SRS, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval, and send the configuration information used to configure the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval for SRS transmission after receiving it, so as to avoid the time spent by antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in signal Problems such as incomplete transmission or unstable power.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔 的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the first guard interval The starting position is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。 The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之 前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个 符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbol, N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
需要说明的是,该方法是与上述由终端执行的方法配合实现的,上述由终端执行的方法的实施例的实现方式适用于该方法,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that this method is implemented in cooperation with the above-mentioned method executed by the terminal, and the implementation manner of the embodiment of the above-mentioned method executed by the terminal is applicable to this method, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
如图6所示,本公开的实施例提供一种探测参考信号传输装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 6, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a sounding reference signal transmission device, including:
第一确定模块610,用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The first determination module 610 is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the SRS resource and the second SRS resource set. a second guard interval between uplink channel resources;
传输模块620,用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。The transmission module 620 is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determination module is also used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。 The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者 If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则 所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, then The starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource; or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值; The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的 符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the distance between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource The number of symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
该装置能够通过确定传输SRS的保护间隔(Guard Period,GP),也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,后续根据第一保护间隔和/或第二保护间隔传输SRS,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。The device can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval, and subsequently transmit SRS according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power instability. .
需要说明的是,该装置是应用了上述由终端执行的探测参考信号传输方法的装置,上述方法实施例的实现方式适用于该装置,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that this device is a device that applies the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission method performed by the terminal, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to this device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
如图7所示,本公开的实施例提供一种道探测参考信号传输配置装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 7 , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an apparatus for configuring channel sounding reference signal transmission, including:
第二确定模块710,用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The second determining module 710 is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, SRS resources and uplink channel resources The second guard interval between;
发送模块720,用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。The sending module 720 is configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。 Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。 If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下, Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符 号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource The number of symbols between the number and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
该实施例的装置,确定传输SRS的保护间隔,也就是第一SRS资源集和 第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,并发送用于配置该保护间隔的配置信息,以便终端接收后使用该保护间隔进行SRS的传输,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。The device in this embodiment determines the guard interval for transmitting SRS, that is, the first SRS resource set and The first guard interval between the second SRS resource set, and/or, the second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource, and send configuration information for configuring the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval after receiving SRS transmission is performed at intervals, so as to avoid the time consumed by antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or unstable power.
需要说明的是,该装置是应用了上述的探测参考信号传输配置方法,上述方法实施例的实现方式适用于该装置,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that this device applies the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to this device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
本公开实施例的一种终端,包括收发器和处理器;A terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, including a transceiver and a processor;
所述处理器用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
所述收发器用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。The transceiver is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
可选地,所述收发器还用于:Optionally, the transceiver is also used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者 A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续 型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent type, the number of symbols between the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot and the first symbol on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下, Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源 的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, and the first uplink channel resource The time slot of is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
该实施例的终端,能够通过确定传输SRS的保护间隔(Guard Period,GP),也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,后续根据第一保护间隔和/或第二保护间隔传输SRS,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。The terminal in this embodiment can determine the guard interval (Guard Period, GP) of SRS transmission, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the relationship between the SRS resource and the uplink The second guard interval between channel resources, and subsequently transmit SRS according to the first guard interval and/or the second guard interval, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching from occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in incomplete signal transmission or power Instability and other issues.
需要说明的是,该终端是应用了上述的探测参考信号传输方法,上述方法实施例的实现方式适用于该终端,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that the terminal is applied with the above-mentioned sounding reference signal transmission method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to the terminal, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
本公开实施例的一种网络侧设备,,包括收发器和处理器; A network side device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, including a transceiver and a processor;
所述处理器用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, and a guard interval between an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource second guard interval;
所述收发器用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。The transceiver is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
可选地,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the guard interval includes at least one of the following:
所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
可选地,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the first condition is met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
可选地,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;Optionally, the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is a symbol located before the first symbol for SRS transmission on the second time slot, and there are N1-1 symbols between the first symbol for SRS transmission.
可选地,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。Optionally, the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, and the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or the first time slot and the In the case that the SRS resource types in the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。 Optionally, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the Describe the second position.
可选地,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。Optionally, in the case that the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is based on the first SRS resource set and the usage of the second SRS resource set is determined.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
可选地,若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者Optionally, if the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
可选地,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second guard interval includes at least one of the following:
第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔其中,所述第二 SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。The fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second The SRS resource is located in the same time slot as the second uplink channel resource.
可选地,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first SRS resource; or
若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
可选地,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,Optionally, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上 行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, and the first upper The time slot of the uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
可选地,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;Optionally, when the third condition is met, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者 Optionally, if the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the bottom of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource a symbol; or
若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource is greater than Or equal to the value of N3.
可选地,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。Optionally, resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
该实施例的网络侧设备,确定传输SRS的保护间隔,也就是第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,和/或,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔,并发送用于配置该保护间隔的配置信息,以便终端接收后使用该保护间隔进行SRS的传输,从而避免天线切换所耗时间占用实际的SRS传输或者上行信道的传输,导致信号发送不全或者功率不稳定等问题。The network side device in this embodiment determines the guard interval for transmitting the SRS, that is, the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and/or, the first guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource Two guard intervals, and send configuration information for configuring the guard interval, so that the terminal uses the guard interval for SRS transmission after receiving it, so as to avoid the time spent on antenna switching occupying the actual SRS transmission or uplink channel transmission, resulting in signal transmission Incomplete or power instability and other issues.
需要说明的是,该网络侧设备是应用了上述的探测参考信号传输配置方法,上述方法实施例的实现方式适用于该网络侧设备,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that the network-side device is applied with the above sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, and the implementation of the above-mentioned method embodiment is applicable to the network-side device, and can also achieve the same technical effect.
本公开另一实施例的一种通信设备,如图8所示,包括收发器810、处理器800、存储器820及存储在所述存储器820上并可在所述处理器800上运行的程序或指令;所述处理器800执行所述程序或指令时实现如上由终端执行的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如上由网络侧设备执行的探测参考信号传输配置方法。A communication device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 8 , includes a transceiver 810, a processor 800, a memory 820, and a program or Instructions; when the processor 800 executes the program or instructions, implement the above SRS transmission method performed by the terminal; or the above SRS transmission configuration method performed by the network side device.
所述收发器810,用于在处理器800的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 810 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 800 .
其中,在图8中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器800代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器820代表的存储器的各种电 路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器810可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器800负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器820可以存储处理器800在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 8, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 800 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 820. roads linked together. The bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 810 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media. The processor 800 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 820 can store data used by the processor 800 when performing operations.
本公开实施例的一种可读存储介质,其上存储有程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如上由终端执行的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如上由网络侧设备执行的探测参考信号传输配置方法中的步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。A readable storage medium according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, on which a program or instruction is stored, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the method for transmitting a sounding reference signal as described above is implemented by the terminal; or the method as described above is performed by the network side device The steps in the sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, which can achieve the same technical effect, will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的通信设备中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM for short), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
进一步需要说明的是,此说明书中所描述的终端包括但不限于智能手机、平板电脑等,且所描述的许多功能部件都被称为模块,以便更加特别地强调其实现方式的独立性。It should be further noted that the terminals described in this manual include but are not limited to smartphones, tablet computers, etc., and many of the described functional components are called modules, in order to more particularly emphasize the independence of their implementation.
本公开实施例中,模块可以用软件实现,以便由各种类型的处理器执行。举例来说,一个标识的可执行代码模块可以包括计算机指令的一个或多个物理或者逻辑块,举例来说,其可以被构建为对象、过程或函数。尽管如此,所标识模块的可执行代码无需物理地位于一起,而是可以包括存储在不同位里上的不同的指令,当这些指令逻辑上结合在一起时,其构成模块并且实现该模块的规定目的。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the modules may be implemented in software so as to be executed by various types of processors. An identified module of executable code may, by way of example, comprise one or more physical or logical blocks of computer instructions which may, for example, be structured as an object, procedure, or function. Notwithstanding, the executable code of an identified module need not be physically located together, but may include distinct instructions stored in different bits which, when logically combined, constitute the module and implement the specified Purpose.
实际上,可执行代码模块可以是单条指令或者是许多条指令,并且甚至可以分布在多个不同的代码段上,分布在不同程序当中,以及跨越多个存储器设备分布。同样地,操作数据可以在模块内被识别,并且可以依照任何适当的形式实现并且被组织在任何适当类型的数据结构内。所述操作数据可以作为单个数据集被收集,或者可以分布在不同位置上(包括在不同存储设备上),并且至少部分地可以仅作为电子信号存在于系统或网络上。 Indeed, a module of executable code may be a single instruction, or many instructions, and may even be distributed over several different code segments, among different programs and across multiple memory devices. Likewise, operational data may be identified within modules, and may be implemented in any suitable form and organized within any suitable type of data structure. The operational data may be collected as a single data set, or may be distributed in different locations (including on different storage devices), and may exist, at least in part, only as electronic signals on a system or network.
在模块可以利用软件实现时,考虑到现有硬件工艺的水平,所以可以以软件实现的模块,在不考虑成本的情况下,本领域技术人员都可以搭建对应的硬件电路来实现对应的功能,所述硬件电路包括常规的超大规模集成(VLSI)电路或者门阵列以及诸如逻辑芯片、晶体管之类的现有半导体或者是其它分立的元件。模块还可以用可编程硬件设备,诸如现场可编程门阵列、可编程阵列逻辑、可编程逻辑设备等实现。When the module can be realized by software, considering the level of the existing hardware technology, the module that can be realized by software, regardless of the cost, those skilled in the art can build the corresponding hardware circuit to realize the corresponding function. The hardware circuit includes conventional very large scale integration (VLSI) circuits or gate arrays as well as existing semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, or other discrete components. A module may also be implemented in programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable array logic, programmable logic devices, and the like.
上述范例性实施例是参考该些附图来描述的,许多不同的形式和实施例是可行而不偏离本公开精神及教示,因此,本公开不应被建构成为在此所提出范例性实施例的限制。更确切地说,这些范例性实施例被提供以使得本公开会是完善又完整,且会将本公开范围传达给那些熟知此项技术的人士。在该些图式中,组件尺寸及相对尺寸也许基于清晰起见而被夸大。在此所使用的术语只是基于描述特定范例性实施例目的,并无意成为限制用。如在此所使用地,除非该内文清楚地另有所指,否则该单数形式“一”、“一个”和“该”是意欲将该些多个形式也纳入。会进一步了解到该些术语“包含”及/或“包括”在使用于本说明书时,表示所述特征、整数、步骤、操作、构件及/或组件的存在,但不排除一或更多其它特征、整数、步骤、操作、构件、组件及/或其族群的存在或增加。除非另有所示,陈述时,一值范围包含该范围的上下限及其间的任何子范围。The above exemplary embodiments are described with reference to these drawings. Many different forms and embodiments are possible without departing from the spirit and teachings of the present disclosure. Therefore, the present disclosure should not be construed as the exemplary embodiments set forth herein limits. Rather, these exemplary embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough and complete, and will convey the scope of the disclosure to those skilled in the art. In the drawings, component sizes and relative sizes may be exaggerated for clarity. The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing certain exemplary embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include these plural forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It will be further understood that the terms "comprises" and/or "comprises", when used in this specification, indicate the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, components and/or components, but do not exclude one or more other The presence or addition of features, integers, steps, operations, components, components and/or groups thereof. Unless otherwise indicated, when stated a range of values includes the upper and lower limits of that range and any subranges therebetween.
可以理解的是,本公开实施例描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现,模块、单元、子模块、子单元等可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSP Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device,PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、通用处理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本公开所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。It should be understood that the embodiments described in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode or a combination thereof. For hardware implementation, modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuits, ASIC), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, for In other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described in this disclosure.
以上所述是本公开的优选实施方式,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本公开所述原理的前提下,还可以作出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也应视为本公开的保护范围。 The above descriptions are preferred implementations of the present disclosure. It should be pointed out that those skilled in the art can make some improvements and modifications without departing from the principle of the present disclosure. These improvements and modifications are also It should be regarded as the protection scope of the present disclosure.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种探测参考信号传输方法,由终端执行,包括:A sounding reference signal transmission method, performed by a terminal, comprising:
    确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;determining a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource guard interval;
    根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。The SRS is transmitted according to the guard interval.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein said determining a guard interval for transmitting a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) comprises:
    接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Receive configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the guard interval comprises at least one of the following:
    所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
    所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于零;The method according to claim 3, wherein, when the first condition is satisfied, the length of the first guard interval is equal to zero;
    在未满足所述第一条件的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的长度等于N1个符号,N1为大于或等于1的整数;If the first condition is not met, the length of the first guard interval is equal to N1 symbols, where N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    其中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的第一时隙在所述第二SRS资源集对应的第二时隙之前。Wherein, the first time slot corresponding to the first SRS resource set is before the second time slot corresponding to the second SRS resource set.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二时隙上的第一个符号。The method according to claim 4, wherein the starting position of the first guard interval is the first symbol on the second time slot.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型确定的;The method according to claim 4, wherein the starting position of the first guard interval is determined according to the SRS resource type in the first time slot and the second time slot;
    其中,所述SRS资源类型包括:周期型、半持续型和非周期型中的至少一种;Wherein, the SRS resource type includes: at least one of periodic type, semi-persistent type and aperiodic type;
    所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为:The starting position of the first guard interval is:
    第一位置,所述第一位置为所述第一时隙上最后一个传输SRS的符号的下一个符号;或者A first position, where the first position is a symbol next to the last symbol that transmits the SRS on the first time slot; or
    第二位置,所述第二位置为位于所述第二时隙上第一个传输SRS的符号 之前的、与所述第一个传输SRS的符号之间存在N1-1个符号的符号。A second position, where the second position is the first symbol that transmits the SRS on the second time slot There are N1-1 symbols between the previous symbol and the first symbol for SRS transmission.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,在所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,或者,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置。The method according to claim 6, wherein the SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, or, the first In the case where the SRS resource types of the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。The method according to claim 6, wherein, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is The first position or the second position.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,在所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为非周期型的情况下,所述第一保护间隔的起始位置是根据所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途确定的。The method according to claim 6, wherein, when the SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both aperiodic, the starting position of the first guard interval is Determined according to usage of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 9, wherein,
    若所述第一SRS资源集用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集未用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
    若所述第一SRS资源集未用于天线切换,所述第二SRS资源集用于天线切换,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is not used for antenna switching and the second SRS resource set is used for antenna switching, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
    若所述第一SRS资源集用于上行传输,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
    若所述第一SRS资源集用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于上行传输,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置;或者If the first SRS resource set is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for uplink transmission, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position; or
    若所述第一SRS资源集和所述第二SRS资源集的用途相同,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置或者所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set have the same purpose, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position or the second position.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 9, wherein,
    若所述第一SRS资源用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集未用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一位置;或者If the first SRS resource is used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is not used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the first position; or
    若所述第一SRS资源集未用于波束管理,所述第二SRS资源集用于波束管理,则所述第一保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二位置。If the first SRS resource set is not used for beam management and the second SRS resource set is used for beam management, the starting position of the first guard interval is the second position.
  12. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项: The method according to claim 4, wherein the first condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
    所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型均为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值;The SRS resource types in the first time slot and the second time slot are both periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is the same as the SRS resource type on the second time slot. The number of symbols between the first symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N1;
    所述第一时隙的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第二时隙内的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一时隙上的最后一个传输SRS的符号与所述第二时隙上的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N1的取值。The SRS resource type in the first time slot is aperiodic, the SRS resource type in the second time slot is periodic or semi-persistent, and the last SRS transmission symbol on the first time slot is consistent with the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the second time slot is greater than or equal to the value of N1.
  13. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第二保护间隔包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 3, wherein the second guard interval comprises at least one of the following:
    第一SRS资源与第一上行信道资源之间的第三保护间隔,其中,所述第一SRS资源与所述第一上行信道资源位于不同时隙;A third guard interval between the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource, wherein the first SRS resource and the first uplink channel resource are located in different time slots;
    第二SRS资源与第二上行信道资源之间的第四保护间隔,其中,所述第二SRS资源与所述第二上行信道资源位于同一时隙。A fourth guard interval between the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource, wherein the second SRS resource and the second uplink channel resource are located in the same time slot.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于零;The method according to claim 13, wherein, when the second condition is met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to zero;
    在未满足所述第二条件的情况下,所述第三保护间隔的长度等于N2个符号,N2为大于或等于1的整数。If the second condition is not met, the length of the third guard interval is equal to N2 symbols, where N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型的情况下,The method according to claim 14, wherein, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent,
    若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
    若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,The method according to claim 14, wherein, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
    若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号的下一个 符号;或者If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next to the last symbol of the first SRS resource symbol; or
    若所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一SRS资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first SRS resource, There are N2-1 symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型的情况下,The method according to claim 14, wherein, when the SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic,
    若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource ;or
    若所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,则所述第三保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第一个符号之间存在N2-1个符号的符号。If the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, the starting position of the third guard interval is located before the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource There are N2-1 symbols between , and the first symbol.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 14, wherein the second condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为周期型或者半持续型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is periodic or semi-persistent, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first time slot of the first uplink channel resource The number of symbols between the first symbol and the first symbol on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之前,所述第一SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located before the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the last symbol of the first SRS resource is the same as the The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一SRS资源的时隙位于所述第一上行信道资源的时隙之后,所述第一SRS资源的第一个符 号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first SRS resource is located after the time slot of the first uplink channel resource, and the first symbol of the first SRS resource The number of symbols between the number and the first symbol on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之前,所述第一上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第一SRS资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值;The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located before the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the last symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as the time slot of the first SRS resource. The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2;
    所述第一SRS资源的SRS资源类型为非周期型,所述第一上行信道资源的时隙位于所述第一SRS资源的时隙之后,所述第一上行信道资源的第一个符号与所述第一上行信道资源的时隙上第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N2的取值。The SRS resource type of the first SRS resource is aperiodic, the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is located after the time slot of the first SRS resource, and the first symbol of the first uplink channel resource is the same as The number of symbols between the first symbols on the time slot of the first uplink channel resource is greater than or equal to the value of N2.
  19. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于零;The method according to claim 13, wherein, when the third condition is satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to zero;
    在未满足所述第三条件的情况下,所述第四保护间隔的长度等于N3个符号,N3为大于或等于1的整数。If the third condition is not satisfied, the length of the fourth guard interval is equal to N3 symbols, where N3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 19, wherein,
    若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号的下一个符号;或者If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is the next symbol of the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource; or
    若所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,则所述第四保护间隔的起始位置为位于所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之前的、与所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号之间存在N3-1个符号的符号。If the symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, the starting position of the fourth guard interval is located before the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource, and There are N3-1 symbols between the last symbols of the second SRS resource.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 19, wherein the third condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述终端支持零间隔或者零符号保护间隔天线切换;The terminal supports zero interval or zero symbol guard interval antenna switching;
    所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之前,所述第二上行信道资源的最后一个符号与所述第二SRS资源的第一个符号之间的符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值;The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located before the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the number of symbols between the last symbol of the second uplink channel resource and the first symbol of the second SRS resource is greater than or equal to the value of N3;
    所述第二上行信道资源的符号位于所述第二SRS资源的符号之后,所述第二SRS资源的最后一个符号与所述第二上行信道资源的第一个符号之间的 符号个数大于或等于所述N3的取值。The symbol of the second uplink channel resource is located after the symbol of the second SRS resource, and the distance between the last symbol of the second SRS resource and the first symbol of the second uplink channel resource The number of symbols is greater than or equal to the value of N3.
  22. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述保护间隔上的资源不用于传输上行信号和/或上行信道。The method according to claim 1, wherein the resources in the guard interval are not used for transmitting uplink signals and/or uplink channels.
  23. 一种探测参考信号传输配置方法,由网络侧设备执行,包括:A sounding reference signal transmission configuration method, performed by a network side device, comprising:
    确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;determining a guard interval for transmitting the SRS, the guard interval including at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource;
    发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。Send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 23, wherein the guard interval comprises at least one of the following:
    所述保护间隔的起始位置;the starting position of the guard interval;
    所述保护间隔的长度。The length of the guard interval.
  25. 一种探测参考信号传输装置,包括:A sounding reference signal transmission device, comprising:
    第一确定模块,用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The first determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the relationship between the SRS resource and the uplink a second guard interval between channel resources;
    传输模块,用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。A transmission module, configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  26. 一种道探测参考信号传输配置装置,包括:A channel sounding reference signal transmission configuration device, comprising:
    第二确定模块,用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The second determination module is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and a distance between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
    发送模块,用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。A sending module, configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  27. 一种终端,包括收发器和处理器;A terminal comprising a transceiver and a processor;
    所述处理器用于确定传输探测参考信号SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS, and the guard interval includes at least one of the following: a first guard interval between a first SRS resource set and a second SRS resource set, an SRS resource and an uplink channel resource The second guard interval between;
    所述收发器用于根据所述保护间隔传输所述SRS。The transceiver is configured to transmit the SRS according to the guard interval.
  28. 一种网络侧设备,包括收发器和处理器;A network side device, including a transceiver and a processor;
    所述处理器用于确定传输SRS的保护间隔,所述保护间隔包括以下至少 一项:第一SRS资源集和第二SRS资源集之间的第一保护间隔,SRS资源与上行信道资源之间的第二保护间隔;The processor is configured to determine a guard interval for transmitting the SRS, and the guard interval includes at least the following One item: the first guard interval between the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set, and the second guard interval between the SRS resource and the uplink channel resource;
    所述收发器用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述保护间隔。The transceiver is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to configure the guard interval.
  29. 一种通信设备,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令;其中,所述处理器执行所述程序或指令时实现如权利要求1-22任一项所述的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如权利要求23或24所述的探测参考信号传输配置方法。A communication device, comprising: a transceiver, a processor, a memory, and programs or instructions stored on the memory and operable on the processor; wherein, when the processor executes the programs or instructions, the following The sounding reference signal transmission method according to any one of claims 1-22; or the sounding reference signal transmission configuration method according to claim 23 or 24.
  30. 一种可读存储介质,其上存储有程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-22任一项所述的探测参考信号传输方法;或者如权利要求23或24所述的探测参考信号传输配置方法中的步骤。 A readable storage medium, on which programs or instructions are stored, wherein, when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the sounding reference signal transmission method according to any one of claims 1-22 is realized; or as claimed in any one of claims Steps in the sounding reference signal transmission configuration method described in 23 or 24.
PCT/CN2023/077345 2022-02-25 2023-02-21 Sounding reference signal transmission method and apparatus, sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and device WO2023160523A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210177774.6A CN116709541A (en) 2022-02-25 2022-02-25 Sounding reference signal transmission method, configuration method, device and equipment
CN202210177774.6 2022-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023160523A1 true WO2023160523A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87764741

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/077345 WO2023160523A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-21 Sounding reference signal transmission method and apparatus, sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116709541A (en)
WO (1) WO2023160523A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109417454A (en) * 2016-06-22 2019-03-01 英特尔Ip公司 Uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission in carrier aggregation system
CN109802801A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The methods, devices and systems sent and received signal
CN111201746A (en) * 2018-02-21 2020-05-26 Lg电子株式会社 Method for transmitting and receiving sounding reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN112154699A (en) * 2018-05-14 2020-12-29 日本电气株式会社 Sounding reference signal transmission

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109417454A (en) * 2016-06-22 2019-03-01 英特尔Ip公司 Uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission in carrier aggregation system
CN109802801A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The methods, devices and systems sent and received signal
CN111201746A (en) * 2018-02-21 2020-05-26 Lg电子株式会社 Method for transmitting and receiving sounding reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN112154699A (en) * 2018-05-14 2020-12-29 日本电气株式会社 Sounding reference signal transmission
US20210194737A1 (en) * 2018-05-14 2021-06-24 Nec Corporation Sounding reference signal transmission

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116709541A (en) 2023-09-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021043008A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting signaling information, and communication node and storage medium
JP7072057B2 (en) Resource allocation identification method, resource allocation instruction method, terminals and network-side devices
WO2019136941A1 (en) Terminal device capability transmission method, device and system
US10868600B2 (en) Method for reporting and receiving channel state information, and device
WO2018177229A1 (en) Method, device and system for transmitting signaling
WO2021027895A1 (en) Method and device for determining codebook subset, and user equipment
WO2019192591A1 (en) Srs transmission method and device
US11985679B2 (en) Wireless communication method and device
EP3907916B1 (en) Harq-ack/pucch transmissions
US11259316B2 (en) Method for data transmission with introduce of aperiodic CSI-RS, base station and terminal
EP3800945B1 (en) Power allocation method and related device
WO2020200001A1 (en) Rate matching method, device and storage medium
WO2017076372A1 (en) Srs transmission method and device
CN109728888B (en) Method for determining number of demodulation reference signal resource units, terminal and network equipment
CN116709351A (en) Method and terminal for monitoring control channel and determining transmission configuration indication
EP3534660B1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021159824A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus and device
US20220279483A1 (en) Method for pucch resource determination and communication device
WO2023160523A1 (en) Sounding reference signal transmission method and apparatus, sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and device
JP7073525B2 (en) Physical uplink control channel resource determination method and communication device
CN110034898B (en) Reference signal transmission method and device
EP4009724B1 (en) Terminal capability processing method, apparatus, and device
WO2021218719A1 (en) Physical downlink shared channel receiving method and device, physical downlink shared channel sending method and device, apparatus, and medium
WO2015003367A1 (en) Method for feeding back channel state information (csi), user equipment, and base station
EP3691147B1 (en) Method for determining bundling size, user terminal, and network side device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23759148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1